2020 Chevrolet Malibu Owners Manual - Dealer E Process

84313268 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84313268B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:34:50 PM20_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84313268B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:34:50 PM

Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-13555849) - 2020 - CRC - 8/16/19

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 88

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 133

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 143

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 302

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 319

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 330

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,MALIBU, and the MALIBU Emblemare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84313268 B Second Printing ©2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Donot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


Introduction 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 Introduction

1. Air Vents 0 141.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 129.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 125.

3. Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) 0 96 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel)0 97.

Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 89.

5. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 128.

6. Infotainment 0 133.

7. Climate Control Systems0 134.

Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 137 (If Equipped).

8. Hazard Warning Flashers0 128.

Stop/Start Disable Button (IfEquipped). See Stop/StartSystem 0 158.

9. Power Outlets 0 91.

10. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 170.

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 183 (IfEquipped).

11. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 164.

12. Electric Parking Brake 0 168 (IfEquipped).

13. USB Port. See the infotainmentmanual.

14. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 155.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 89.

Driver Information CenterButtons. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level)0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

16. Horn 0 89.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 89 (Out of View).

18. Cruise Control 0 172.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 174(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 89 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 196(If Equipped).

19. Hood Release. See Hood0 214.

20. Data Link Connector (Out ofView). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 104.

21. Parking Brake 0 167 (IfEquipped).

22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125.

23. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 129.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 16Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 21Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 24Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 25

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 28Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 28Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 323.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 335.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 329.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” following.

The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.



With Remote Start Shown

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.

If the driver door is open when Q is

pressed and Open DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled, all doorswill lock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarm

system. See Vehicle Alarm System0 24.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press again within five seconds tounlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See Vehicle Personalization0 120.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Pressing K will disarm the alarm

system. See Vehicle Alarm System0 24.

X : Press twice quickly to releasethe trunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at least

three seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the

turn signals flash for about

30 seconds until 7 is pressed again

or the vehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, press Q and

release and then press and hold /for at least four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 16.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter should be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk or door beingopened. If equipped, there will bebuttons on the outside doorhandles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first unlock/lock button pressfrom the driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.



If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 38.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driverdoor handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,all passenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been no more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Door(s)

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on that doorhandle will unlock the front doors orall doors. See “Passive DoorUnlock” in Vehicle Personalization0 120.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause the front doors or all doors tolock if any of the following occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andTrunk

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and trunk canbe disabled and enabled.



Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Usingany exterior handle to unlock thedoors or open the trunk will causethe turn signal lamps to flash fourtimes quickly, indicating access isdisabled. If disabled, disarm thealarm system before starting thevehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press andhold Q and K on the RKEtransmitter at the same time forapproximately three seconds. Theturn signal lamps will flash twicequickly to indicate access isenabled.

Passive Locking

This feature will lock the vehicleseveral seconds after all doors areclosed, if the vehicle is off and at

least one RKE transmitter has beenremoved from the interior or noneremain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 120.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for an RKEtransmitter inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk to open it if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of thetrunk.



Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 17.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of the

transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 17. Insertthe vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.

3. Place the first new transmitterinto the transmitter pocket withthe buttons facing the rear ofthe vehicle. The transmitterpocket is inside the centerconsole storage area.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q.



To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5for each new transmitter.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 17.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 17. Insert

the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC will again displayREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC should now displayREADY FOR REMOTE # 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket with thebuttons facing toward the rearof the vehicle. The transmitterpocket is inside the centerconsole storage area.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.



When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 17.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE. The DICmay also display REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console andplace the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket with thebuttons facing the rear of thevehicle.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and press ENGINESTART/STOP. See Starting theEngine 0 157.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Never allow children to play withthe RKE transmitter. Thetransmitter contains a smallbattery, which can be a chokinghazard. If swallowed, internalburns can occur, resulting insevere injury or death. Seekmedical attention immediately if abattery is swallowed.

{ Warning

To avoid personal injury, do nottouch metal surfaces on the RKEtransmitter when it has beenexposed to extreme heat. Thesesurfaces can be hot to the touchat temperatures above 59 °C (138°F).

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Caution

Always replace the battery withthe correct type. Replacing thebattery with an incorrect typecould potentially create a risk of

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

battery explosion. Dispose ofused batteries according toinstructions and local laws. Donot attempt to burn, crush, or cutthe used battery, and avoidexposing the battery toenvironments with extremely lowair pressures or hightemperatures.

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter near thebottom and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centerof the transmitter. Do not usethe key slot.



3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter. Do not use a metalobject.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

6. Reinsert the key.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system willdetermine the best mode andtemperature setting for operationduring the remote start. Once thevehicle is started with the EngineStart/Stop button, the climate controlsystem will begin to operate at thelast customer selected operatingmode and temperature. The rearwindow defogger may come onduring a remote start based on coldambient conditions. The rear defogindicator light does not come onduring a remote start.

If the vehicle has heated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 41.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.



When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for15 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 15-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Start the vehicle before driving.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. When theremote start is extended, thesecond 15-minute period is addedon to the first 15 minutes for a totalof 30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,is allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must beturned on and then back off beforethe remote start procedure can beused again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle and press and hold/until the parking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. A transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The vehicle is on.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

moving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

. In the case of a dead battery,use the key in the driver door.The key lock cylinder is coveredwith a cap.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Pull the door handle once tounlock the door. Pull the handleagain to unlatch it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk or door beingopened. Press the button on thedoor handle to open. See “KeylessAccess Operation” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.



Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).

3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when the door is locked.

Locking or unlocking the doors willalso lock or unlock the trunk. SeeTrunk 0 22.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.



Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked, andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout has beenturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain open.

Press the button again to lock thedriver door. The Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:



1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by pressingthe power door lock switch,or by using the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Do the same for theother door.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 163.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. PressX twice quickly on theRKE transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk after unlocking alldoors.

The trunk may be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad on the rear of the trunkwhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle glows



following exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After pulling the emergency trunkrelease handle, push the handleback into the bezel.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the trunk and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem, if equipped.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will



bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the trunk isopened without first disarming thesystem, the turn signals will flashand the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

Do one of the following to disarmthe alarm system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, an alarmoccurred previously while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 329.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition button ispushed in and a valid transmitter isin the vehicle.



The security light on the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter,or place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket. See “Starting theVehicle with a Low TransmitterBattery” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

If the vehicle does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the transmitterpocket, the vehicle needs service.See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and havea new transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press} or| to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.The indicator light willilluminate.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Adjust each outside mirror sothat a little of the vehicle andthe area behind it can be seen.

4. Press} or| again todeselect the mirror.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 38.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. SeeSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 193.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 194.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle may have a turn signalindicator on the mirror housings.The indicator will flash when a turnsignal or the hazard warningflashers are used.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped with heated mirrors:

K : The rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 137.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 120.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 7.



The power windows work when thevehicle is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 160.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express-open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress-close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversal

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow, or to extend along the rod,if available.

The vehicle may have mirror lamps.The lamps turn on and off when thecover is opened and closed.

Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)must be active to operate thesunroof. See Ignition Positions0 155 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 160.

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch



Sunroof Express Operation

Press and releaseD (1) to vent.Press and release again toexpress-open. PressD (1) at anytime to stop movement. Press andreleaseg (1) to express-close.

Pressg (1) at any time to stopmovement.

Sunroof Manual Operation

The sunroof can change to manualmode by holdingD (1) whileopening. The sunroof will now openas long asD (1) is held. Press andrelease again to change back toexpress operation.

Power Sunshade ExpressOperation

Press and releaseC (2) toexpress-open the power sunshade.PressC (2) at any time to stop

movement. Press and releaseQ(2) to express-close the powersunshade. PressQ (2) at anytime to stop movement.

Power Sunshade ManualOperation

The power sunshade can change tomanual mode by holdingC (2)while opening. The power sunshadewill now open as long asC (2) isheld. Press and release again tochange back to express operation.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manual mode.To stop movement, release theswitch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


32 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 36Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 36Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Heated and Ventilated Front

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 52

Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 55When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Passenger Sensing System . . . 59Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 64Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 65Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Infants and Young Children . . . . 67Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 70Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 71Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 72

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82


Seats and Restraints 33

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seat

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint and pull up orpush the head restraint down andrelease the button.

Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seat

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.



To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The rear seat outboard headrestraints are not intended to beremoved. If removal is required seeyour dealer for assistance withremoval. In the event of anemergency, the following can beused as removal and installationinstructions. Store the removedhead restraints in a secure place.Reinstall the head restraints beforethe seating position is occupied.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 42for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

drive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.



If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Rear Seats 0 42.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Manual Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever on the outboard sideof the seat up or down to manuallyadjust the seat height.



Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the entire control upor down.

. Raise or lower the rear part ofthe seat cushion by moving theback of the control up or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 36.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the frontor rear of the control to increase ordecrease lumbar support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.



Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if available:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn thevehicle on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.

Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For Seat EntryMemory to work properly, save thepositions to the memory button (1 or2) matching the RKE transmitternumber displayed in the DICwelcome message. Carry the linkedRKE transmitter when entering thevehicle.



Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Entry Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Entry Memory”later in this section.

. To begin Seat Exit Memorymovement when the vehicle isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the vehicle isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Exit Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Exit Memory”later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 120 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Move your RKE transmitteraway from the vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with anotherkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber for the other RKEtransmitter. Turn the vehicle offand remove the key or RKEtransmitter from the vehicle.

3. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber of your RKEtransmitter.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:

1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andSeat Exit Memory features, repeatSteps 1–4 usingB. This saves theposition for getting out of thevehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions if you are driver 1 or 2identified in the DIC welcomemessage.

To stop Manual Memory recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and SeatEntry Memory is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, the positions savedto the same memory button number1 or 2 are automatically recalled

when the vehicle is turned on,or turned from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8will not provide automatic memoryrecalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see “Vehicle PersonalizationSettings” previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 120.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)to start Seat Entry Memory. SeatEntry Memory recall will complete ifthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Seat Entry Memory recallmovement, turn the vehicle off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try storing the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnSeat Exit Memory on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 120.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.



To stop Seat Exit Memorymovement, press any of thefollowing memory controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If available, the buttons are on theclimate control panel. To operate,the engine must be running.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback. Indicator lights on thebutton show the current setting.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.



Press { or C to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. Indicator lightson the button show the currentsetting.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the ventilated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat. The autoheated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.

Remote Start Auto Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats may be canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights on the button maynot turn on during a remote start.

The heated seat temperatureperformance of an unoccupied seatmay be reduced. This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 16 andVehicle Personalization 0 120.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered



the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

The release levers for folding therear seatbacks are located in thetrunk. To fold the seatback down:

1. Lower the rear seat headrestraints completely. SeeHead Restraints 0 33.

2. Lift the rear seat armrest andplace it in the folded position,if necessary. See Rear SeatArmrest 0 45.

3. Disconnect the rear seat beltmini-latch, using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle.

Let the belt retract.

4. Open the trunk and pull theseatback release lever to foldthe rear seat.



5. Fold the seatback forward.

Repeat the steps for the otherseatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the seat belt is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

The center rear seat belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Reconnect the rear seat beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle.Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the seat belt to be surethe mini-latch is secure.

5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.



Rear Seat Armrest

If equipped, the rear seat has anarmrest in the center of theseatback. Lower the armrest toaccess the two cupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and pushit rearward until it is flush with theseatback.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 41.

Press L to heat the left outboard orright outboard seat cushion.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 102.

Buckle to Drive Feature

If equipped, this feature preventsthe vehicle from shifting out ofP (Park) when Teen Driver is activeand the driver seat belt is notbuckled. See “Teen Driver” in theinfotainment manual. If the engine isrunning, the driver seat belt is notbuckled, and the brake pedal ispressed with the vehicle in P (Park),a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Buckle thedriver seat belt to shift out ofP (Park). Shifting from P (Park) willbe prevented once for each ignition

cycle. For fleet vehicles, shiftingfrom P (Park) will be prevented eachtime these conditions exist.

On some models, Buckle to Drivemay also prevent shifting out ofP (Park) if a front passenger isunbuckled under similar conditions.A message displays in the DIC.Buckle the front passenger seat beltto shift out of P (Park). This featuremay not allow the vehicle to shift outof P (Park) if an object, such as abriefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device, ison the front passenger seat. If thishappens, remove the object fromthe seat or buckle the seat belt toshift out of P (Park).

If the driver or present frontpassenger remains unbuckled, theDIC message will turn off afterseveral seconds and the vehicle canbe shifted out of P (Park). See “SeatBelts” and “Child Restraints” in theIndex for information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

If the driver seat belt, and/or thefront passenger seat belt on somevehicles, is unbuckled when driving,

the seat belt reminder chime andlight(s) will come on. See Seat BeltReminders 0 102.

This feature may not functionproperly if the airbag readiness lightis on. See Airbag Readiness Light0 102.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!



When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag is

provided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 66 orInfants and Young Children 0 67.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.


48 Seats and Restraints. Wear the shoulder belt over the

shoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.



Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if itis routed under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed underplastic trim pieces.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable seat beltand the seat belt is not attached,see Rear Seats 0 42 for instructionson reconnecting the seat belt to themini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 70. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the locking



feature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 59.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

If the latch plate will not go fullyinto the buckle, check if thecorrect buckle is being used.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 52.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.



Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 53.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguides.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.



Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep a

seat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 102.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 52.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.

Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.



Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 102.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger



All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback or side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 56.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 66 orInfants and Young Children 0 67.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 102.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 53.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbag



system's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.



For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 55.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 56.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 55.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflated

airbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the



fuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after a

crash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 331andEvent Data Recorders 0 332.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States and Canada



Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 103.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboard

passenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.



The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the OFF indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 103.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the system

senses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag(s) areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To help

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

avoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 102 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the ONindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.



4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 82 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 80.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat beltlock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make

sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 33.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:




2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and

“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired remove the object fromthe seat.



{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 329.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or with



GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 59.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 268 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 322.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 102.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 55. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 102.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 49.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 49.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.



{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, thechild restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, itmay settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body areathat is unprotected by any bonystructure. This alone could causeserious or fatal injuries. To reducethe risk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 66.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 72 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint

2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seat

inspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 59 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional

passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the



vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harnesschild restraint where the combinedweight of the child and restraint areup to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either thelower LATCH anchorages with thetop tether anchorage, or the seatbelt with the top tether anchorage.Where the combined weight of thechild and restraint are greater than29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type CombinedWeight of theChild + ChildRestraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt andTop TetherAnchor

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 82orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 80.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure

the child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 82 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 80.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.



H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.

The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

The top tether anchors are underthe covers, behind the rear seat, onthe filler panel. Be sure to use ananchor located directly behind theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 71 for additionalinformation.



Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 71.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belt. Refer to the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

Open the cover to exposethe anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto the child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraint



and you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether under the headrestor head restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether route the tetheraround the headrest orhead restraint.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 72 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 72 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 71.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 72.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 71.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 59 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 103 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 59 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 72 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, theOFF indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 103.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt through

or around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 59.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 85

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 85Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 86Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxPull the handle up to open.

Cupholders

Rear Seat

If equipped, lower the armrest toaccess the cupholders.


86 Storage

Center Console Storage

The center console has storageunder the armrest. Pull up the latchand lift to open.

Umbrella Storage

Slide an umbrella into the openingon the driver or passenger door.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

There are cargo tie-downs in thetrunk. The cargo tie-downs can beused to secure small loads or theconvenience net. See ConvenienceNet 0 86.

Convenience NetFor vehicles with a convenience net,it is in the trunk and used to storesmall loads. The net should not be


Storage 87

used to store heavy loads. Attachthe loops on each side of the net tothe cargo tie-downs in the trunk.See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 86.


88 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 89Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 89Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 89Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 89Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Instrument Cluster (BaseLevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) . . . 97Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 102Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 102Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Charging System Light . . . . . . . 104Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 104Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 108Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 108Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 109Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Engine Coolant Temperature

Warning Light(Uplevel Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 110Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 110Low Fuel Warning Light (Base

Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 112Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 112Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 112Door Ajar Light (Uplevel) . . . . . 113

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)

(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Driver Information Center (DIC)

(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Engine Power Messages . . . . . 120Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 120

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 120


Instruments and Controls 89

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped with a heatedsteering wheel, press to turn on oroff. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to reachmaximum heat.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.



LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 235.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 242.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could leadto a crash.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 229for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.



CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsPower Outlet 12-Volt DirectCurrent

The accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two accessory poweroutlets:

. One on the center stack belowthe climate control system

. One on the rear of the centerconsole

The outlet is powered when theignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driverdoor is opened within 10 minutes ofturning off the vehicle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 160.

Open the protective cover to use theaccessory power outlet.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlets and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If there is a problem, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 210.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 20 amps rating.

Power Outlet 110/120-VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.



The power outlet is on the rear ofthe center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is on,equipment requiring less than 150watts is plugged into the outlet, andno system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onif the ignition is off, if no equipmentis plugged into the outlet, or if theequipment is plugged in, but notfully seated in the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, the equipment may

operate briefly then turn off.A protection circuit shuts off thepower supply and the indicator lightturns off. To reset the circuit, unplugthe item and plug it back in or turnthe Retained Accessory Power(RAP) off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 160. The power restarts whenequipment using 150 watts or less isplugged into the outlet and a systemfault is not detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following, and may not workproperly if they are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage, such ascompressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supply,such asmicrocomputer-controlledelectric blankets and touchsensor lamps

. Medical equipment

See High Voltage Devices andWiring 0 241.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pocket outside the armrestof the center console. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatiblesmartphone. The power output ofthe system is capable of charging ata rate up to 3 amp (15W), asrequested by the compatiblesmartphone. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 329.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicate



charging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 160.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone and thecharger will become very hot. Onthe rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand the charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pocket, to preventburns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects in between thesmartphone and chargingpocket.

2. With the smartphone screenfacing the rear of the vehicle,slowly insert the smartphoneinto the charging pocket until agreen} appears on V on theinfotainment display. Thisindicates that the smartphoneis properly positioned andcharging. If} turns yellow,

ensure that the chargingpocket is clear of any objectsand that the smartphone iscapable of wireless chargingbefore repositioning it. If}does not illuminate, thesmartphone may need to berepositioned.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

The smartphone may becomewarm during charging. This isnormal. In warmertemperatures, the speed ofcharging may be reduced.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer to



the indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Shown, Metric Similar



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info app. This is where you canview the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)displays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 113orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Options

Audio

In the main view of the Audio app,press w or x to scroll throughradio stations or move to the next/previous track of a CD/USB/Bluetooth device that is connectedto the vehicle. Press V to select the

Audio app, then press p to enterthe Audio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press p to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, scroll through contacts,or select from the favorites. If thereis an active call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is anactive route, press V to cancel orresume route guidance or turn thevoice prompts on/off.

Options

Press V to select the Options app.

Use w or x to scroll through theitems in the Options menu.



Units : Press p while Units is

displayed to enter the Units menu.Choose U.S. or metric units by

pressing V while the desired item is

highlighted.

Display Themes : Press p while

Display Themes is displayed toenter the menu. Choose Sport or

Touring by pressing V while the

desired item is highlighted.

Pocket Gauges : Press p while

Pocket Gauges is displayed to enterthe menu and select gauges thatcan be displayed on the left or rightof the display area. If equipped,choose oil temperature, batteryvoltage, fuel range, or fuel economy.

Info Pages : Press p while Info

Pages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items to

be displayed in the Info app. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Press w or x to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this feature

can be turned off by pressing V

while viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. The



engine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Uplevel Metric

Uplevel English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:


Instruments and Controls 101. At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Uplevel Metric

Uplevel English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves towardthe warning area at the high end ofthe gauge, the engine is too hot.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine is too hot. See EngineCoolant Temperature Warning Light(Uplevel Only) 0 110.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal driving



conditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 228.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 59.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 53.



The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 59 for importantsafety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States and Canada

Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF, or either the on or offsymbol, to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag.

If the word ON, or the on symbol,are lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that the

front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag are allowedto inflate.

If the word OFF, or the off symbol,are lit on the airbag status indicator,it means that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 102 for more information,including important safetyinformation.



Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays amessage.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 155.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 213.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless fuelfunnel adapter, make sure that ithas been removed. See “Fillingthe Tank with a Portable GasCan” under Filling the Tank0 200. The diagnostic systemcan detect if the adapter hasbeen left installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the proper

fuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel (1.5LEngine) 0 198 orRecommended Fuel (2.0LEngine) 0 199.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affect



vehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 210. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on atstart up, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedright away.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake pedal might be harder topush, or the brake pedal may gocloser to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 289.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English BaseLevel



English Uplevel

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)status light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the EPB isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the EPB system.A message may also display on theDriver Information Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

For vehicles with the ElectricParking Brake (EPB), the serviceelectric parking brake light shouldcome on briefly when the vehicle ison. If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 168. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is turnedon. If the light does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,safely stop as soon as it is possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then turnon the vehicle again to reset thesystem.

If the ABS warning light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the onlylight on, the vehicle has regularbrakes, but ABS is not functioning.

If both the ABS warning light andthe brake system warning light areon, ABS is not functioning and thereis a problem with the regular brakes.See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 106.



Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

After the vehicle is started, this lightturns off and stays off if LKA has notbeen turned on or is unavailable.

If available, this light is white if LKAis turned on, but not ready to assist.This light is green if LKA is turnedon and is ready to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lanemarking. The LKA light is amberwhen assisting.

This light flashes amber as a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert, toindicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.

LKA will not assist or alert if the turnsignal is active in the direction oflane departure, or if LKA detectsthat you are accelerating, braking,or actively steering.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 196.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected in front of thevehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 191.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your



dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak/ESCOFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 170.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.




Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight (Uplevel Only)

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 228.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 228.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressure

value shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 257.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 260.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light(Base Level)

Metric Shown

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

The low fuel warning light comes onand a chime sounds when thevehicle is low on fuel. The light turnsoff when fuel is added to thefuel tank.

Low Fuel Warning Light(Uplevel)

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light



The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 25.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 127.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 125.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use, exceptwhen only the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) are active. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 125.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active. SeeCruise Control 0 172.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when AdaptiveCruise Control (if equipped) isactive. See Adaptive Cruise Control0 174.



Door Ajar Light (Uplevel)

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster. SeeInstrument Cluster (Base Level)0 96 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 97.The displays show the status ofmany vehicle systems.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe DIC menus.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Use w or x to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Digital Speed : Displays how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing and holding V

while the trip odometer display isshowing.



Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressing V

when it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the various

vehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Timer : To start the timer, press V

while Timer is displayed. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset, not including time theignition is off. Time will continue tobe counted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.

To stop the timer, press V briefly

while Timer is displayed. To reset

the timer to zero, press and hold V.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Use w or x to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 219.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 304.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oil



change. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 221.

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity. On some models, the oilpump will vary engine oil pressureaccording to engine needs. Oilpressure may change quickly as theengine speed or load varies. This isnormal. If the oil pressure warninglight or Driver Information Center(DIC) message indicates oilpressure outside the normaloperating range, check the vehicle'soil as soon as possible.

Air Filter Life : Shows an estimateof the engine air filter’s remaininguseful life and the state of thesystem. Engine Air Filter Life 95%means 95% of the current air filterlife remains. Messages will displaybased on the engine air filter life andthe state of the system. When theREPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGEmessage displays, the engine air

filter should be replaced at the timeof the next oil change. When theREPLACE NOW message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced as soon as possible.

The Air Filter Life display must bereset after the engine air filterreplacement. To reset, see EngineAir Filter Life System 0 223.

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 259 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 260.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 104. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Speed Warning : This display isused to set the vehicle speed atwhich the speed warning chimesounds and the alert is displayed.The speed can be set by pressingV while the speed warning displayis showing.

Units : Move w or x to change

between Metric or US when the Unit

display is active. Press V to confirm

the setting. This will change thedisplays on the DIC to the type ofmeasurements you select.

ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)Items

Use w or x to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle.

Best Average Fuel Economy : Thebottom displays the best averagefuel economy (AFE) that is achieved



for a selected distance. The topdisplays a running average of fueleconomy for the most recentlytraveled selected distance. Thecenter bar graph displays theinstantaneous fuel economy.Quickly press V to change the

settings for the distance options.

When viewing best AFE, a severalsecond press and hold of V will

reset the best value. The best valuewill show “- - -“ until the selecteddistance has been traveled.

The display provides feedback onhow current driving behavior in thebar graph affects the runningaverage in the top display and howwell recent driving compares to thebest that has been achieved.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info app. See Instrument Cluster(Base Level) 0 96 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 97.The displays show the status ofmany vehicle systems.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list, or on the main viewpress to cycle through the differentInfo app pages.

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left. Pressp to open interaction menus on theright.

V : Press to select a menu item.Press and hold to reset values oncertain screens, or on the main viewreset info pages to the originalsetting.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Press w or x to scroll to theSettings application.

3. Press V to enter theSettings menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Press w or x to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.



6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Settingsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip A or Trip B : Shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since the

last time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange.

Press and hold V while this display

is active to reset the trip odometerand the average fuel economy. TripA and Trip B can also be reset by

pressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy inliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that the

vehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange. This display cannot bereset.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 219.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 304.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press and



hold V for several seconds while

the Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 221.

Air Filter Life : Shows an estimateof the engine air filter’s remaininguseful life and the state of thesystem. Engine Air Filter Life 95%means 95% of the current air filterlife remains. Messages will displaybased on the engine air filter life andthe state of the system. When theREPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGEmessage displays, the engine airfilter should be replaced at the timeof the next oil change. When theREPLACE NOW message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced as soon as possible.

The Air Filter Life display must bereset after the engine air filterreplacement. To reset, see EngineAir Filter Life System 0 223.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire is

shown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 259 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 260.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displaysthe average vehicle speed of thevehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). Thisaverage is based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset. Reset the average speedby pressing V when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The centerdisplays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently traveled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Use w and x to

choose the distance and press V.

Press w and x to select “Reset

Best Score.” Press V to reset the

best average fuel economy. Afterreset, the best value displays “-,-”until the selected distance has beentraveled.

The display provides information onhow current driving behavior affectsthe running average and how wellrecent driving compares to the bestthat has been achieved for theselected distance.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press V

while this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer was

last reset. To stop the timer, press V

briefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To reset



the timer to zero, press and hold V

while this display is active, or pressp and select reset.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit on vehicles with thenavigation system. The informationfor this page comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Follow Distance : When AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) is notengaged, the current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page. When ACChas been engaged, the displayswitches to the gap setting page.This page shows the current gapsetting along with the vehicle aheadindicator.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving. See Charging SystemLight 0 104. If there is a problemwith the battery charging system,the DIC will display a message.

Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Oil pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature, and oilviscosity. On some models, the oilpump will vary engine oil pressureaccording to engine needs. Oilpressure may change quickly as theengine speed or load varies. This isnormal. If the oil pressure warninglight or Driver Information Center(DIC) message indicates oilpressure outside the normaloperating range, check the vehicle'soil as soon as possible.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


120 Instruments and Controls. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance may

be reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions,propulsion will be disabled. Tryrestarting after the vehicle has beenoff for 30 seconds.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.



The menu may contain thefollowing:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and amessage when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by the

interior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe center stack. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 41.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

When turned on and high humidityis detected, the climate controlsystem may adjust to outside airsupply and turn on the airconditioner or the heater. The fanspeed may slightly increase to helpprevent fogging. When highhumidity is no longer detected, thesystem will return to its prioroperation.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

When on, this feature turns on therear defogger at vehicle start whenthe interior temperature is cold andfog is likely. The auto rear defogfunction can be disabled bypressingK. When off, the feature

can be turned on by pressingK.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 137.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Lane Change Alert

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

Forward Collision System

This setting controls the vehicleresponse when detecting a vehicleahead of you. The Off settingdisables all FCA and AEB functions.With the Alert and Brake setting,both FCA and AEB are available.The Alert setting disables AEB. SeeAutomatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 190.



Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 191.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert” inAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 183.

Touch Off or On.

Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 174.

Touch Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 194.

When Lane Change Alert isdisabled, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 183.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, driver, passenger, or bothdriver and passenger outsidemirrors will tilt downward when thevehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) toimprove visibility of the ground nearthe rear wheels. They will return totheir previous driving position whenthe vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse) or the engine is turnedoff. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 27.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps when K is pressed onthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.



Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the DelayedDoor Lock menu will not beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exteriorlamps when the vehicle is unlockedwith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how thevehicle responds when the vehicleis locked with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Touch Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.



See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 41 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 16.

Touch Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doorsare closed, and you walk away fromthe vehicle with the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory

Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored 1 or 2 buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats0 38.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored exit buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from on or ACC/ACCESSORY to off if the driverdoor is open or opened. SeeMemory Seats 0 38.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.


Lighting 125

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 128Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Battery Load Management . . . 131Battery Power Protection . . . . . 132

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate the

AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


126 Lighting

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO or5 position.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button onthe turn signal lever. If thishappens, pressb on theturn signal lever when theexterior lamp control is in theAUTO or5 position. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeamsystem is reactivated.


Lighting 127

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control is inAUTO, if equipped.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.


128 Lighting

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or (,or when the ignition is off. Forvehicles first sold in Canada, theDRL can only be turned off whenthe vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemThe headlamps come onautomatically when the exteriorlamp control is set to AUTO and it isdark enough outside.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers are

not operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

With Stop/Start Disable ButtonShown, Without Similar

| : Press this button to make thefront and rear turn signal lampsflash on and off. Press again to turnthe flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.


Lighting 129

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 242.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators, can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights. Push theknob back in when finished.


130 Lighting

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,pressj OFF and the indicatorlight on the button will turn off.

Dome Lamps

Dome Lamp Controls

Center Dome Lamp

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An indicator light on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature

and the indicator light will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

Reading LampsThere may be front and rear readinglamps.

If equipped, the front reading lampsare in the overhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thereading lamps on or off.


Lighting 131

If equipped, the rear reading lampsare in the headliner.

Press the button near each lamp toturn reading lamps on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lamps turn on briefly atnight or in areas with limited lightingwhen the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter K button ispressed. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. Afterabout 30 seconds the exterior lampsturn off, then the dome lamps andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition onor to ACC/ACCESSORY, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 120.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is turned off.

The exterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 120.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see the


132 Lighting

voltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minute

timer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 133

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.


134 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 134Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Fan Control

2. MAX Defrost

3. A/C (Air Conditioning)

4. TEMP (Temperature Control)

5. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

6. Recirculation

7. Air Delivery Mode Controls

8. Rear Window Defogger

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature setting.

^ : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed or turn thefan off. The fan speed appears inthe display screen.


Climate Controls 135

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press the air delivery mode buttonsto change the direction of theairflow. The indicator light in theselected button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the displayscreen.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following modes:

0 : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield.

{ : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

z : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. This mode overridesthe previous mode selected andclears fog or frost from thewindshield more quickly. When thebutton is pressed again, the systemreturns to the previous mode settingand fan speed. The current modesetting and fan speed appear in thedisplay screen.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Thisstatus appears in the displayscreen. If the fan control is turnedoff or the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on and thestatus appears in the displayscreen. Air is recirculated to quicklycool the inside of the vehicle or toreduce the entry of outside air andodors.

Ionizer : If equipped, this featurehelps to clean the air inside thevehicle and remove contaminantssuch as pollen, odors, and dust.If the climate control system is onand the ionizer is enabled, theionizer status indicator will be lit onthe climate control display. To turnthe ionizer on or off, see “Climateand Air Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Thedefogger turns off when the ignitionis turned to off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The upper lines on the rear windoware antenna grids and are notintended to defrost the glass.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically.

If the vehicle is equipped withheated outside mirrors, they turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirror.See Heated Mirrors 0 27.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats : If equipped, press L or M

to heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 41.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with remotestart, the climate control systemmay run when the vehicle is startedremotely. The system will determinethe best mode and temperaturesetting for operation. Once thevehicle is started with the EngineStart/Stop button, the climate control

system will begin to operate at thelast customer selected operatingmode and temperature. If equippedwith heated or ventilated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 16 andHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 41.



Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and PassengerVentilated Seats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

3. MAX Defrost



6. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

7. SYNC

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

9. Fan Controls

10. Power (On/Off)

11. Recirculation

12. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Settings

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation


7. Auto (Automatic Operation)


9. On/Off (Power)



The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainment HomePage or the climate button in theclimate control display applicationtray. A selection can then be madeon the front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the centerstack climate controls are adjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster with A/C on,the system will automatically turn onrecirculation in warm weather. Therecirculation light will not be lit.

Press@ to manually selectrecirculation and the indicator lightwill turn on. Press it again to selectoutside air and the indicator light willturn off.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Turn the knob clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the driver or passengertemperature setting.

SYNC : Press to link the passengertemperature settings to the driversetting. The SYNC indicator light willturn on. When the passengersettings are adjusted, the SYNCindicator light turns off.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.If on is selected, or any other buttonis pressed or knob turned, theclimate control system will turn onand return to delivering airflow asset. The temperature control and airdelivery mode can still be adjusted.



^ : Press the large fan symbol toincrease the fan speed. Press thesmall fan symbol to decrease thefan speed. The fan speed settingappears on the main display. Whenthe fan speed is decreasedcompletely, the fan turns off.Pressing either button cancelsautomatic fan control and the fan iscontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press X,Y, or[ to change the

direction of the airflow. Anycombination of the three buttonscan be selected. The indicator lightin the button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the displayscreen. Pressing any button cancelsautomatic air delivery control andthe direction of the airflow iscontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following modes:

X : Air is directed to the windshield.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield, the fan runs at a higherspeed, and the temperature of theair is increased if not already atmaximum. This mode overrides theprevious mode selected and clearsfog or frost from the windshieldmore quickly. When the button ispressed again, the system returnsto the previous mode setting andfan speed.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. If thefan control is turned off or theoutside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner willnot run.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic air conditioning and turnsoff the air conditioner. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation and

the air conditioner runsautomatically as needed. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

M : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors.

If selected during cool or coldweather, the windshield andwindows may fog. Turn offrecirculation to help clear thewindshield and windows.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. The fan speed mayslightly increase to help preventfogging. If the climate control



system does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Therear window defogger only workswhen the ignition is on. Thedefogger turns off when the ignitionis turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The upper lines on the rear windoware antenna grids and are notintended to defrost the glass.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outside

temperature is about 7 °C (45 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically.

If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, they turn on when the rearwindow defogger button is on andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirror. See HeatedMirrors 0 27.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats : If equipped,press L or M to heat the driver or

passenger seat.

If equipped, press { or C to

ventilate the driver or passengerseat. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 41.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with remotestart, the climate control systemmay run when the vehicle is startedremotely. The system will determinethe best mode and temperaturesetting for operation. Once thevehicle is started with the EngineStart/Stop button, the climate controlsystem will begin to operate at thelast customer selected operatingmode and temperature. If equippedwith heated or ventilated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 16 andHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 41.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.



The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air Vents

Use the louvers on the air vents tochange the direction of the airflow.

On the center air vents, move thesliding knob down to close offairflow.

On the side air vents, move thesliding knob to the outboard side ofthe vehicle to close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle, which may improvelong term system performance.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats; this restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance;see Maintenance Schedule 0 304.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 314.

1. Open the glove box completely.

2. Disconnect the glove box doordampener arm from the glovebox door assembly.

3. Squeeze both sides of theglove box door to open beyondthe stops.

4. Release the retainer clipsholding the service door. Openthe service door and removethe old filter.

5. Install the new air filter.

6. Close the service door andretainer clips.

7. Reverse the steps to reinstallthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 304.


Driving and Operating 143

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 146Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 147Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 148Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 149Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 151Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 155Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 157Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 161Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Active Fuel Management . . . . . 162Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 164Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 168Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 169

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 174

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 182Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 183Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 194Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 196

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Recommended Fuel (1.5L

Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Recommended Fuel (2.0L

Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 199Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202


144 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Driving Information

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.


Driving and Operating 145. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 45.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they may do andbe ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.



Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objectsat speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lanedividers and speed bumps.Damage caused by misuse of thevehicle is not covered by thevehicle warranty.

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering systemthat varies the amount of effortrequired to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.



Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicle

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 250.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

reduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).


150 Driving and Operating. Pay attention to special road

signs (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 170.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied sooner

than when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 166.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 323. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 163.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 170.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until the

wheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 289.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.



{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 250 andTire Pressure 0 257.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 206 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 800 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 300 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.



The RKE transmitter must be in thevehicle for the system to operate.If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the Keyless Accesssystem. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be on or in Service Mode, andthe brake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : Whenthe vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP once to turnthe engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 160.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition off. The shift lever mustbe in P (Park) to turn theignition off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 168.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to off afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrun down.



ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will turn the ignitionon. Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 157. Theignition will then remain on.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do with the ignitionon, but the vehicle will not be ableto be driven. The engine will notstart in Service Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 210.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEtransmitter battery is low, theDriver Information Center (DIC)will display a message. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.



Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by trying to startthe engine immediately aftercranking has ended, can overheatand damage the cranking motor,and drain the battery. Wait atleast 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehicle

starts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Stop/Start SystemIf equipped, the Stop/Start systemwill shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased numberof starts.

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 99.When the brake pedal is released orthe accelerator pedal is pressed, theengine will restart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause theengine to automatically restartbefore the brake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/orauto restarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicleinterior.

. The vehicle battery chargeis low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.


Driving and Operating 159. The accelerator pedal is

pressed.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.

. The vehicle is in any gear otherthan D (Drive).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has beenopened or driver seat belt hasbeen unbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature can be disabled andenabled by pressing the switch withtheh symbol. Auto Stop isenabled each time you start thevehicle.

Whenh is illuminated, the systemis enabled.

Engine HeaterThe engine heater, if available, canhelp in cold weather conditions at orbelow −18 °C (0 °F) for easierstarting and better fuel economy

during engine warm-up. Plug in theengine heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug endof the cord will prevent engineheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord.

The electrical cord is on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment, between thefender and the air cleaner.



3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could cause anelectrical shock. Also, the wrongkind of extension cord couldoverheat and cause a fire. Youcould be seriously injured. Plugthe cord into a properly groundedthree-prong 110-volt AC outlet.If the cord will not reach, use aheavy-duty three-prong extensioncord rated for at least 15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 167 andElectric Parking Brake 0 168.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever andpushing the shift lever all theway toward the front of thevehicle.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 160.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have moved



the shift lever into P (Park), hold theregular brake pedal down. Then,see if you can move the shift leveraway from P (Park) without firstpressing the button.

If you can, it means that the shiftlever was not fully locked inP (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly, then it is difficult toshift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

If you are towing a trailer andparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 203.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition ison and the brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 286.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Turn the ignition on or toService Mode.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

This vehicle may have the Buckle toDrive feature, which may preventthe vehicle from shifting out ofP (Park). See Seat Belts 0 45.

If you are still having a problemshifting, see your dealer.



Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel ManagementThe vehicle’s engine may beequipped with Active FuelManagement, which allows theengine to operate on either all of itscylinders, or in reduced cylinderoperation, depending on the drivingconditions.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate inreduced operation mode, allowingthe vehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater powerdemands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, passing,

or merging onto a highway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

If the vehicle has an Active FuelManagement indicator, see DriverInformation Center (DIC) for moreinformation on using this display.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 160 andEngine Exhaust 0 163.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 160 andEngine Exhaust 0 163.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 203.



AutomaticTransmission

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 160.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The brake pedal must befully applied, then press the shiftlever button before shifting fromP (Park) while the ignition is on.If the vehicle will not shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) while maintainingbrake application. Then move theshift lever into another gear. SeeShifting out of Park 0 161.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 151.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

firmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

L : This position allows you tochange gears similar to a manualtransmission. If the vehicle has thisfeature, see Manual Mode 0 165.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.

Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS mode allows you to choose thetop-gear limit of the transmissionand the vehicle's speed whiledriving downhill or towing a trailer.The vehicle has an electronic shiftposition indicator within theinstrument cluster. When using theERS mode a number will displaynext to the L, indicating the currentgear that has been selected.



To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever toL (Manual Mode).

2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) onthe shift lever to increase ordecrease the gear rangeavailable.

When you shift from D (Drive) toL (Manual Mode), the transmissionwill shift to a pre-determined lowergear range. The highest gearavailable for this pre-determined

range is displayed next to the L inthe DIC. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116. The numberdisplayed in the DIC is the highestgear that the transmission will beallowed to operate in. This meansthat all gears below that number areavailable. For example, when4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L,1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears areautomatically shifted by the vehicle.The transmission will not shift into5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button isused or you shift back into D (Drive).

While in L (Manual Mode), thetransmission will prevent shifting toa lower gear range if the enginespeed is too high. You have a briefperiod of time to slow the vehicle.If vehicle speed is not reducedwithin the time allowed, the lowergear range shift will not becompleted. You must further slowthe vehicle, then press the − (Minus)button to the desired lower gearrange.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering whilebraking hard.

ABS performs a system check whenthe vehicle is first driven.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and the brake pedal may moveslightly. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 107.



ABS does not change the timeneeded to get a foot on the brakepedal and does not alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop,even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly.Hearing or feeling ABS operate isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking atthe same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpeven more than braking.

Parking Brake

To set the manual parking brake,if equipped:

Hold the brake pedal down, thenpush the parking brake pedal down.

If the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will come on.See Brake System Warning Light0 106.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

To release the parking brake, holdthe regular brake pedal down, thenpush down momentarily on theparking brake pedal until you feelthe pedal release. Slowly pull yourfoot up off the parking brake pedal.If the parking brake is not releasedwhen you begin to drive, the brakesystem warning light will be on anda chime will sound warning you thatthe parking brake is still on.

If you are towing a trailer and areparking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips0 203.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle may have an ElectricParking Brake (EPB). The EPB canalways be activated, even if theignition is off. To prevent drainingthe battery, avoid repeated cycles ofthe EPB system when the engine isnot running. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

The system has aY, f, or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8

Service Parking Brake light. SeeElectric Parking Brake Light 0 106andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 107.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY,f, or PARK light to ensurethat the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY, f, or PARK light will flashand then stay on once the EPB isfully applied. If theY, f, or PARKlight flashes continuously, then theEPB is only partially applied or thereis a problem with the EPB. A DIC(Driver Information Center) messagewill display. Release the EPB andtry to apply it again. If the light doesnot come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced. Do notdrive the vehicle if theY,f,

or PARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 106.

If the 8 light is on, pull the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY,f, or PARK

light remains on. If the 8 lightremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:



1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theY,f, or PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY,f, or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brakepedal applications due toemergency braking situations andprovides additional braking toactivate the Antilock Brake System(ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activateABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedalmovement during this time mayoccur. Continue to apply the brakepedal as the driving situationdictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely.You may not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 145.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)prevents the vehicle from rolling inan unintended direction during thetransition from brake pedal releaseto accelerator pedal apply. Thebrakes release when the acceleratorpedal is applied. If the acceleratorpedal is not applied within a fewminutes, the Electric Parking Brakewill apply. The brakes may alsorelease under other conditions. Donot rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.



HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a gradefor HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak/ESCbegins to limit wheel spin, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruisecontrol may be turned back on whenroad conditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 151and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. The

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.



Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 213.

Cruise ControlCruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), the systemmay begin to limit wheel spin whileyou are using cruise control. If thishappens, cruise control will

automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 170. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 188. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.



5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, -SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster (Base Level) 0 96 orInstrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 97.

Resuming a Set Speed

If cruise control is set at a desiredspeed and then the brakes areapplied, cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES until thevehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116. The incrementvalue used depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.


174 Driving and Operating. To slow down in small

increments, briefly press -SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116. The incrementvalue used depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing -SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. Press5 to turn cruise controlsystem off completely.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows you toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 329.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak/



Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system activates, the ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 170. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 145.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. A white cruise control indicatorcomes on in the instrument cluster.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If ACC is already active,use to increase vehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC. If ACC isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.



[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold*.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See VehicleMessages 0 119.

ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a green ]indicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set tothe last mode used before thevehicle was turned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruisecontrol is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automaticallybrake for other vehicles, whichcould cause a crash if the brakesare not applied manually. You andothers could be seriously injuredor killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If ACC is on when not in use, 5could get pressed and ACC couldbecome active when not desired.Keep ACC off when it is notbeing used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. Press5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.



The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, brieflypress +RES. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press -SET.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. TheACC indicator on the instrumentpanel will turn blue.

. Press and hold +RES until thedesired set speed appears onthe display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES. For each press, thevehicle goes 1 km/h or (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressand hold +RES. For each press,the vehicle goes 5 km/h or(5 mph) faster.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead inside the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. Releasethe brake and press -SET. Thevehicle will now cruise at thelower speed.

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press -SETdown briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h or(1 mph) slower.

. To decrease vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressand hold -SET. For each press,the vehicle goes 5 km/h or(5 mph) slower.

Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.



Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cyclethe gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 188.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, a seriesof red lights will flash on thewindshield and eight beeps willsound from the front.

See Defensive Driving 0 145.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.

It only displays when a vehicle isdetected in your vehicle’s pathmoving in the same direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected following gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle if:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC systemhas activated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reportsblockage when driving in adesert or remote area with noother vehicles or roadsideobjects. A DIC message maydisplay to indicate that ACC istemporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a following gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic before proceeding. Inaddition, three beeps will sound.See “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door is

opened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPBstatus light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 168. To release theEPB, press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 119.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.



{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicatorturns blue on the instrument clusterto indicate that automatic brakingwill not occur. ACC will resumeoperation when the acceleratorpedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be ready

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.



ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can become



blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 292.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 145.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked. . Front and rear bumpers and the

area below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Radio Frequency

This vehicle may be equipped withdriver assistance systems thatoperate using radio frequency. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 329.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Front and Rear Park Assist(FRPA), Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA), and Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) may help the driverpark or avoid objects. Always checkaround the vehicle when parking orbacking.



Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately12 km/h (8 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may appear onthe infotainment display to showthat Rear Park Assist (RPA) hasdetected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Park Assist

With Front and Rear Park Assist(FRPA), as the vehicle moves atspeeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph)the sensors on the bumpers maydetect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) infront and 2.5 m (8 ft) behind thevehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)high off the ground and belowbumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter during



warmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections.Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush; and cleansensors after a car wash in freezingtemperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withPark Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information. As the objectgets closer, more bars light up andthe bars may change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close — <0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front — five beeps willsound from the front or reardepending on where the object isdetected. Beeps for Front ParkAssist (FPA) are higher pitched thanfor Rear Park Assist (RPA).

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTAdisplays a red warning triangle witha left or right pointing arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects comingfrom up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from either the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the centerconsole is used to turn on or off theFront and Rear Park Assist andRear Cross Traffic Alert at the sametime. The indicator light next to the



button comes on when the featuresare on and turns off when thefeatures have been disabled.

To turn the rear Park Assist symbolsor guidance lines on or off, see“Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols”under Vehicle Personalization0 120.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel orperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. A display and audiblebeeps help to guide parkingmaneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changesin the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

PressO on the center console toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enoughand within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.The vehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph).

The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legalparking space.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

When enabled, APA searches forparallel parking spaces to the rightof the vehicle. To search for aparking space to the left, turn on theleft turn signal or, if available,change the side selection in theinfotainment display. To switch theparking mode between parallel andperpendicular, press and holdOduring the search process or,if available, change the parkingmode in the infotainment display.



After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beepoccurs. A red stop symbol andmessage is displayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.When instructed, shift toR (Reverse) to engage automaticsteering. The steering wheel willbriefly vibrate as a reminder toremove hands from the steeringwheel. Check surroundings andcontinue braking or accelerating asneeded, and be prepared to stop toavoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may be

required, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.

To cancel APA, pressO again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along curvesto calibrate.



Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) Systemcan help to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speeds

above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehiclehas Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),it can detect vehicles to distances ofapproximately 110 m (360 ft) andoperates at all speeds. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 174.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 145.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehicle

personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.



{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Cruise controlmay be disengaged when theCollision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, near,or on some vehicles, off. The firstbutton press shows the currentcontrol setting on the DIC.Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver Information



Center (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116. The minimumfollowing time is 0.5 seconds away.If there is no vehicle detectedahead, or the vehicle ahead is out ofsensor range, dashes will bedisplayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has AEB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This automatic emergencybraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),or on vehicles with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), above 4 km/h(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

AEB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on AEB to brake thevehicle. AEB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

AEB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, AEBmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

AEB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override AEB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.

{ Warning

Using AEB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the Front PedestrianBraking (FPB) system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused by



front-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when a nearbypedestrian is detected ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestriantoo quickly, FPB provides a redflashing alert on the windshield andrapidly beeps. FPB can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This systemincludes Intelligent Brake Assist(IBA), and the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 190.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 145.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 120.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. Whena nearby pedestrian is detected infront of the vehicle, the pedestrianahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert



When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPBmay automatically brake moderatelyor brake hard. This can help toavoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.

{ Warning

Using the Front PedestrianBraking system while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Alert or Offwhen towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activated



and a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

provide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m

(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.



Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 120.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 292.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.



Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 329.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. This system uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180km/h (112 mph). It may assist bygently turning the steering wheel ifthe vehicle approaches a detectedlane marking. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert if the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking. LKA can beoverridden by turning the steeringwheel. This system is not intendedto keep the vehicle centered in thelane. LKA will not assist and alert ifthe turn signal is active in thedirection of lane departure, or if itdetects that you are accelerating,braking or actively steering.

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions or onroads with unclear lane markings,such as construction zones.



{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

LKA uses a camera sensor installedon the windshield ahead of therearview mirror to detect lanemarkings. It may provide briefsteering assist if it detects anunintended lane departure. It mayfurther provide an audible alertindicating that a lane marking hasbeen crossed.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel. If equipped,the indicator light on the buttoncomes on when LKA is on and turnsoff when LKA is disabled.

When on,A is white, if equipped,indicating that the system is notready to assist.A is green if LKAis ready to assist. LKA may assist

by gently turning the steering wheelif the vehicle approaches a detectedlane marking.A is amber whenassisting. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert by flashingA amber if thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking. Additionally, there may bethree beeps, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Steer the vehicle todismiss. LKA may becometemporarily unavailable afterrepeated take steering alerts.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.The LKA system does not needservice.

A camera blocked message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.Some driver assistance systemsmay have reduced performance ornot work at all. An LKA or LDWunavailable message may display ifthe systems are temporarilyunavailable. This message could bedue to a blocked camera. The LKAsystem does not need service.Clean the outside of the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror.



LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended Fuel (1.5LEngine)

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 —(R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not usegasoline with a posted octane ratingof less than 87, as this may causeengine knock and will lower fueleconomy.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.



Recommended Fuel (2.0LEngine)

Premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 —(R+M)/2 — is highly recommendedfor best performance and fueleconomy. Unleaded gasoline withan octane rated as low as 87 can beused. Using unleaded gasolinerated below 93 octane, however, willlead to reduced acceleration andfuel economy. If knocking occurs,use a gasoline rated at 93 octaneas soon as possible, otherwise, theengine could be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 199.



Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15 000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the TankAn arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates which side of the vehiclethe fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge0 100.

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Follow these guidelines to helpavoid injuries to you and others:

. Read and follow all theinstructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Before touching the fillnozzle, touch a metallicobject to discharge staticelectricity from your body.

. Fuel can spray out if the fillnozzle is inserted tooquickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the fill nozzleslowly and wait for any hissnoise to stop beforebeginning to flow fuel.



To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The capless refueling system doesnot have a fuel cap. Fully insert andlatch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel spills.

. Under certain conditions,fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Waitfive seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the fillnozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 292. Push the fueldoor closed until it latches.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the fillnozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Container

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable fuelcontainer:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the trunk.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel from aportable fuel container withoutusing the funnel adapter maycause fuel spillage and damagethe capless fuel system. Thiscould cause a fire. You or otherscould be badly burned and thevehicle could be damaged.



3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. To help avoidinjury to you and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, in a pickupbed, or on any surface otherthan the ground.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Maintain contact until fillingis complete.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not use electronicdevices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle to tow a trailer. Read theentire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 289. To towthe vehicle behind another vehiclesuch as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 289.

When towing with the 2.0L L4engine, only use unleaded gasolinewith an octane rating of 89 orhigher. Using gasoline with a loweroctane rating while towing maydamage the engine and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Recommended Fuel (1.5LEngine) 0 198 orRecommended Fuel (2.0L Engine)0 199.



Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towinga trailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is notdriven properly. For example,if the trailer is too heavy or thetrailer brakes are inadequate forthe load, the vehicle may not stopas expected. You and otherscould be seriously injured. Thevehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than justdriving the vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in

handling, acceleration, braking,durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws thatapply to trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the useof extended side view mirrors.Even if not required, you shouldinstall extended side viewmirrors if your visibility is limitedor restricted while towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to performthe first oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi)of trailer towing, do not driveover 80 km/h (50 mph) and donot make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).If the transmission downshiftstoo often, a lower gear may beselected using Manual ModeSee Manual Mode 0 165.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned off when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

. Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should beturned to alert or off when towing atrailer:


204 Driving and Operating. Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones thatextend out from the back of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO),when towing a trailer:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not drive with theliftgate, trunk/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air.See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 163.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not asresponsive as the vehicle itself. Getused to the handling and braking ofthe combination by driving on alevel road surface before driving onpublic roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, andthe brakes must be all be rated tocarry the intended cargo.Inadequate trailer equipment cancause the combination to operate inan unexpected or unsafe manner.Before driving, inspect all trailerhitch parts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 208. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and thenmanually apply the trailer brakecontroller to check that the trailerbrakes work. During the trip,occasionally check that the cargoand trailer are secure and that thelamps and any trailer brakes areworking.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement causedby the trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normalwhen towing heavier trailers.



Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This canhelp to avoid heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination of the vehicle andtrailer will not accelerate as quicklyand is much longer than the vehiclealone. It is necessary to go muchfarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane. Passon level roadways. Avoid passingon hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move that hand to the right.Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike roadsigns, trees, or other objects.Always signal turns well in advance.Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downhill grade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes may overheat and result inreduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shifts toooften under heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle could show signs similar toengine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run, preferably onlevel ground, with the transmissionin P (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 228.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle andtrailer on a level surface whenpossible.



When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release thebrake pedal to allow the chocksto absorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 304. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system beforeand during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 228.

Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealerfor important information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoringthe weight, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature,dimensions of the front of the trailer,and how frequently the vehicle isused to tow a trailer.

Before towing a trailer, alwaysseparately weigh:


Driving and Operating 207. The fully loaded vehicle and

trailer combination.

. The trailer.

. The trailer tongue.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. Thevehicle may be damaged, and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed.Ask your dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.

Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 151. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached,

the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight

The trailer should never weigh morethan 454 kg (1,000 lb). Themaximum allowable weight of thetrailer may be lower based on theweight of the passengers and cargoin your trailer.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balancemust be maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.

The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailertypes, such as boat trailers, falloutside of this range. Always referto the trailer owner’s manual for therecommended trailer tongue weightfor each trailer. Never exceed themaximum loads for your vehicle,hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue to see if the weights areappropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may bepossible to transfer some of thecargo into your vehicle. If the trailer



tongue weight is too high or too low,it may be possible to rearrangesome of the cargo inside of thetrailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in thetrailer hitch receiver, choose acarrier that positions the load asclose to the vehicle as possible.Make sure the total weight,including the carrier, is no more thanhalf of the maximum allowabletongue weight for the vehicle or227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by,and rough roads can affect thetrailer and the hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.

Always seal any holes in yourvehicle if the trailer hitch removed.If not sealed, dirt, water, and carbonmonoxide (CO) from the exhaustmay enter your vehicle. See EngineExhaust 0 163.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendationsand instructions.

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on thevehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 250 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attachthe chains to the holes on the trailerhitch platform. Instructions aboutsafety chains may be provided bythe hitch manufacturer or by thetrailer manufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the roadif it becomes separated from thehitch. Always leave just enoughslack so the combination can turn.Never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.



State or local regulations mayrequire trailers to have their ownbraking system if the loaded weightof the trailer exceeds certainminimums that can vary from stateto state. Read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes sothey are installed, adjusted, andmaintained properly. Never attemptto tap into your vehicle's hydraulicbrake system. If you do, both thevehicle anti-lock brakes and thetrailer brakes may not function,which could result in a crash.

Trailer Lamps

Always check all trailer lamps areworking at the beginning of eachtrip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changinglanes, or stopping. When towing atrailer, the arrows on the instrumentcluster will illuminate even if thetrailer is not properly connected orthe bulbs are burned out.

Trailer Tires

Special Trailer (ST) tires differ fromvehicle tires. Trailer tires aredesigned with stiff sidewalls to helpprevent sway and to support heavyloads. These features can make itdifficult to determine if the trailer tirepressures are low only based on avisual inspection.

Always check all trailer tirepressures before each trip when thetires are cool. Low trailer tirepressure is a leading cause of trailertire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time.The trailer tire sidewall will show theweek and year the tire wasmanufactured. Many trailer tiremanufacturers recommendreplacing tires more than sixyears old.

Overloading is another leadingcause of trailer tire blow-outs. Neverload your trailer with more weightthan the tires are designed tosupport. The load rating is locatedon the trailer tire sidewall.

Always know the maximum speedrating for the trailer tires beforedriving. This may be significantlylower than the vehicle tire speedrating. The speed rating may be onthe trailer tire sidewall. If the speedrating is not shown, the defaulttrailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h(65 mph).



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 104. A device connected to the DLC— such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 64 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64.


Vehicle Care 211

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 212California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 213

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 223Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 228Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Battery - North America . . . . . . 232Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 234Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 235

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 235Windshield Replacement . . . . . 236Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . 237

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,Sidemarker, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps (LS and LT) . . . . . . . . . . 239

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps (LT and Premier) . . . . . 240

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 240

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Electrical System Overload . . . 242Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 252Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265


212 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 285

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 289Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:


Vehicle Care 213

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 232andJump Starting - North America0 286 and the back cover.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inelectronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. PerchlorateMaterial – special handling mayapply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64.


214 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 329.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64.

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 16.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 315.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

For vehicles with auto enginestop/start, turn the vehicle offbefore opening the hood. If the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle is on, the engine will startwhen the hood is opened. You orothers could be injured.

{ Warning

Components under the hood canget hot from running the engine.To help avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hoodbefore opening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthei symbol. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.


Vehicle Care 215

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to release.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainer,in the front of the enginecompartment. Securely insertthe rod end into the slotmarked with an arrow, on theunderside of the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly, and all tools areremoved.

2. Lift the hood and remove thehood prop rod from theunderside of the hood. Returnthe prop rod to its retainer. The

prop rod must click into placewhen returning it to the retainerto prevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit. Check to make sure thehood is latched completely.Repeat this process withadditional force if necessary.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.


216 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

1.5L L4 Turbo Engine


Vehicle Care 217

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 219.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 219.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 225.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 230.

6. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 225.

7. Battery - North America 0 232.

8. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal (Under Cover). SeeJump Starting - North America0 286.

9. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 243.

10. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 229.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 286.


218 Vehicle Care



Vehicle Care 219

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 219.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 219.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 225.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 230.

6. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 225.

7. Battery - North America 0 232.

8. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal (Under Cover). SeeJump Starting - North America0 286.

9. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 243.

10. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 229.

11. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 286.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 221.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” later in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 216 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


220 Vehicle Care

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil



If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 317.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

operating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the upper mark thatshows the proper operatingrange, the engine could bedamaged. You should drain outthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 216 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 313.


Vehicle Care 221

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil for the LFV 1.5L L4 turboengine.

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil for the LTG 2.0L L4 turboengine. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors which


222 Vehicle Care

include engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message displays.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay.

2. Press V on the DIC controlsand hold down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil is

changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off and the REMAININGOIL LIFE message is displayed.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.


Vehicle Care 223

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 313.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 304, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 313.

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem

When to Change Engine AirFilter

If equipped, this feature provides anindication of when to change theengine air filter. It is based ondriving conditions, which can cause

when to change to vary greatly. It ispossible an air filter change may notbe indicated for up to four years.

When the "Replace at Next OilChange" message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the time of the next engine oilchange. When the "Replace EngineAir Filter Now" message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced as soon as possible. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. Seeyour dealer for service and to resetthe system.

How to Reset Engine Air FilterLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine air filter is replaced so thatthe system can calculate the nextengine air filter change.

To reset:

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on

the DIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

3. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable display area. SelectReset then press V. Thenpress Yes to confirm the reset.

4. 100% Air Filter Life will bedisplayed when the Engine AirFilter Life System issuccessfully reset.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 216.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter. For intervals on changing and

inspecting the engine air filter,see Maintenance Schedule0 304.


224 Vehicle Care. If equipped with Engine Air Filter

Life System, see Engine AirFilter Life System 0 223.

. If driving in very dusty areas,follow the engine air filterinspecting and changingintervals, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 304.

How to Inspect/Replace theEngine Air Cleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Do not clean the engine aircleaner/filter or components withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:



1. Remove the air cleanerhousing cover screws.

2. Raise the air cleaner housingcover and remove the aircleaner/filter from the aircleaner housing.

3. Clean the filter sealing surfaceand the housing.

4. Install the new engine aircleaner/filter.

5. Lower the air cleaner housingcover and secure with thescrews.

6. If equipped, reset the engineair filter life system afterreplacing the engine air filter.See Engine Air Filter LifeSystem 0 223.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.


Vehicle Care 225

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.



1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant mixture. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 313 andMaintenance Schedule 0 304.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 228.


226 Vehicle Care

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, or by pouringit on the ground, or into sewers,streams or bodies of water. Havethe coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

1.5L L4 Turbo and 2.0L L4 TurboCoolant Surge Tank

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in)above the mid-point of the coolant


Vehicle Care 227

surge tank, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot but

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

there would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.


228 Vehicle Care

1.5L L4 Turbo and 2.0L L4 TurboCoolant Surge Tank

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to 5-10 mm(0.2-0.4 in) above the mid-pointon the coolant surge tank.

4. With the coolant surge tankcap off, start the engine and letit run until the upper radiatorhose starts getting hot. Watchout for the engine cooling fan.By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches

5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in) above themid-point on the coolantsurge tank.

5. Replace the cap tightly.

6. Check the level in the surgetank when the cooling systemhas cooled down. If the coolantis not at the proper level,repeat Steps 1–6 and reinstallthe pressure cap. If the coolantstill is not at the proper levelwhen the system cools downagain, see your dealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 101.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. Contactyour dealer for additionalinformation.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engine.Have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.


Vehicle Care 229

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safedistance from the vehicle in front.If the warning does not come backon, continue to drive normally andhave the cooling system checkedfor proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid


230 Vehicle Care

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 216 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the


Vehicle Care 231

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 317.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 216 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.


232 Vehicle Care

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 106.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 304.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 313.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

The vehicle has a standard 12-voltbattery under the hood. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 216.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded.

Stop/Start System

If equipped with the 1.5L L4 engine,the vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Stop/StartSystem 0 158.

Vehicles with a 1.5L engine have anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.


Vehicle Care 233

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 213 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 286 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery to keep thebattery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery or use abattery trickle charger.

Remember to reconnect the batterywhen ready to drive the vehicle.

Negative Battery CableDisconnection

{ Warning

Before disconnecting the negativebattery cable, turn off all features,turn the ignition off, and removethe key, if equipped, from thevehicle. If this is not done, you orothers could be injured, and thevehicle could be damaged.

Caution

If the battery is disconnected withthe ignition on or the vehicle inRetained Accessory Power(RAP), the OnStar back-upbattery will be permanentlydischarged and will need to bereplaced.

1. Make sure the lamps, features,and accessories are turned off.

2. Turn the ignition off andremove the key, if equipped.

For vehicles equipped with the 2.0Lengine:

1. Loosen the negative batterycable nut (1).

2. Remove the negative batterycable clamp (2) from thenegative battery post.

3. Cover the negative batterycable clamp, and negativebattery post with anon-conductive material toprevent any contact with thenegative battery cable.


234 Vehicle Care

Negative Battery CableReconnection

Caution

When reconnecting the battery:

. Use the original nut from thevehicle to secure thenegative battery cable. Donot use a different nut.If you need a replacementnut, see your dealer.

. Tighten the nut with a handtool. Do not use an impactwrench or power tools totighten the nut.

The vehicle could be damaged ifthese guidelines are not followed.

Caution

Do not use paints, lubricants,or corrosion inhibitors on the nutthat secures the negative batterycable to the vehicle. This coulddamage the vehicle.

For vehicles equipped with the 2.0Lengine:

1. Install the negative batterycable clamp to the negativebattery post.

2. Tighten the negative batterycable nut.

3. Turn the ignition on.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.


Vehicle Care 235

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean the wiperblade assembly on a regular basis.When worn, or when cleaning isineffective, replace the wiper blade.

For proper windshield wiper bladelength and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 314.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Pull the wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.


236 Vehicle Care

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If thewindshield needs to be replaced, besure to get an acoustic windshieldso you will continue to have thebenefits an acoustic windshield canprovide.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.


Vehicle Care 237

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 304.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


238 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

1. Sidemarker Lamp2. Low-Beam Headlamp3. High-Beam Headlamp

Headlamps (LS/LT)

To replace one of the headlampbulbs:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 214.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

3. For the passenger side bulb,remove the engine air cleanerhousing by gripping firmly andpulling straight up.

4. Remove the cover from theback of the headlampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Press the retaining tab on theelectrical connector todisconnect.

6. Remove the bulb from the lampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

7. Replace the bulb and reverseSteps 1–6 to reinstall.


Vehicle Care 239

Headlamps (Premier)

See your dealer for replacement.

Front Turn Signal and ParkingLamps

See your dealer for replacement.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps (LS and LT)Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamp andBack-Up Lamp

1. Back-Up Lamp2. Taillamp

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk0 22.

2. Remove the push pins and pullback the trunk deck trim.

3. Remove the bulb socket byturning counterclockwise andpulling straight out.

4. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

5. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket byturning clockwise.

7. Install the trunk deck trim.

Stoplamp/Taillamp and TurnSignal Lamp

1. Stop/Tail/Turn Signal Lamp2. Sidemarker Lamp

Caution

Improper lamp assembly removaland installation can cause leaksand water intrusion which maycause damage to the taillamp. Donot remove the taillamp assemblyto replace a bulb. Use the trunkopening to access the bulb.


240 Vehicle Care

To replace any one of these bulbs:


2. Remove the push pins and pullthe trunk trim away from thetaillamp assembly.

3. Remove three hex-nuts fromeach stud.

4. Remove the lamp by pulling itstraight back.

5. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

6. Remove the bulb from thesocket by turning the bulbcounterclockwise one-quarterturn and pulling it straight out.

7. Install a new bulb into thesocket.

8. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.

9. Install the trunk trim, hex nuts,and push pins.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps (LT and Premier)

Caution

Improper lamp assembly removaland installation can cause leaksand water intrusion which maycause damage to the taillamp. Donot remove the taillamp assemblyto replace a bulb. Use the trunkopening to access the bulb.

The stoplamp/taillamp and trunkdeck inboard taillamp are LEDs. Toreplace, see your dealer.

Back-Up Lamp


2. Remove the push pins and pullback the trunk deck trim.

3. Remove the bulb socket byturning counterclockwise andpulling straight out.

4. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

5. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

6. Install the bulb socket byturning clockwise.

7. Install the trunk deck trim.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:


Vehicle Care 241

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Push the release tab towardthe lamp assembly.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly.

4. Pull the bulb straight out of thebulb socket.

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.


242 Vehicle Care

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed andreplace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checkedright away.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuit

breakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.


Vehicle Care 243

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

The engine compartment fuse blockis on the driver side of the enginecompartment.

There is a fuse puller in the enginecompartment fuse block. It can beused to easily remove fuses fromthe fuse block.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


244 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 245

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 –

2 –

3 Antilock brake systempump/Electric brakeboost

5 –

6 Rear closure

7 –

8 Memory seat module

9 Electric brake boost/Pedestrian friendlyalert function –HEV

10 Automatic occupantsensing/Airbag –HEV

11 DC DC converter 1

12 Rear windowdefogger

13 Heated mirrors

14 –

Fuses Usage

15 Passive entry/Passivestart

16 Front wiper

17 Passenger power seat

18 Antilock brake systemvalve

19 Driver power seat

21 Sunroof

22 Parking lamp

23 Automatic headlampleveling/Adaptiveforward lighting

24 –

26 Transmission controlmodule/Ignition

27 Instrument panel/Body/Ignition

28 –

29 Rear vision camera/Ventilated seats

30 Malfunction indicatorlamp/Ignition

Fuses Usage

32 Canister ventsolenoid/Evap leakcheck module

33 Front heated seat

34 Battery systemmanager/Accessorypower modulefan –HEV

35 Body controlmodule 6/Body controlmodule 7

36 Fuel module

38 –

39 –

40 Steering column lock

41 –

43 Heated steering wheel

44 Headlamp leveling

45 –

46 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

47 –


246 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

48 Electric brakeboost –HEV

49 DC DC converter 2

50 –

51 –

52 –

53 –

54 –

55 –

56 Starter motor

57 –

58 –

59 High-beamheadlamps Left/Right

60 Cooling fan

61 –

62 –

63 –

65 Air conditioning

67 –

Fuses Usage

68 –

69 –

70 –

72 Starter pinion

74 –

75 Engine controlmodule main

76 Engine control modulesense

78 Horn

79 Washer pump

81 Transmission controlmodule/Engine controlmodule

82 –

83 Ignition coil

84 Powertrain on engine

85 Shunt

86 Shunt

87 –

88 Aeroshutter

Fuses Usage

89 –

91 –

92 Traction powerinverter module/Motorgenerator unitpump –HEV/Transmission oilpump – non HEV

93 Automatic headlampleveling

95 –

96 –

97 –

99 Coolant pump

Relays Usage

4 –

20 Rear windowdefogger

25 Front wiper control

31 Run/Crank

37 Front wiper speed


Vehicle Care 247

Relays Usage

42 –

64 Starter motor

66 Powertrain

71 –

73 Air conditioning

80 Starter pinion

90 –

94 –

98 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the driver side of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses:

1. Pull out at the center of theright edge, and swing the coverout and to the left.

2. Remove the cover.

To reinstall the cover, line up thetabs on the left edge, and press thecover into place.


248 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Left power windows

F2 Right power windows

F3 –

Fuses Usage

F4 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningblower

F5 Body control module 2(without Stop/Startoption)

F6 Left rear heated seat

F7 Right rear heated seat

Fuses Usage

F8 Body control module 3

F9 Engine controlmodule/Rearbattery-HEV

F10 Body control module 2(with Stop/Startoption)

F11 –

F12 –

F13 –

F14 –

F15 Transmission controlmodule (with Stop/Start option)

F16 Amplifier

F17 Seat power lumbar

F18 –

F19 –

F20 Body control module 1(without Stop/Startoption)



Vehicle Care 249

Fuses Usage

F22 –

F23 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F24 Sensing anddiagnostic module/Automatic occupantsensing (Airbag)

F25 Data link connector

F26 –

F27 AC DC inverter

F28 –


F30 Overhead console

F31 Steering wheelcontrols

F32 –

F33 Heating, ventilation,and air conditioning

F34 Central gatewaymodule

F35 –

Fuses Usage

F36 Wireless charger/USBcharger

F37 Front accessorypower outlets/Cigarette lighter –China only

F38 OnStar

F39 Display

F40 Obstacle detection

F41 Body control module 1(with Stop/Startoption)

F42 Radio

F43 –

F44 Console accessorypower outlet – rear

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 Retained accessorypower

K3 –

K4 –

Relays Usage

K5 –


250 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 151.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 259 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


Vehicle Care 251

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 251.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 266.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 245/45R18 or245/40R19 size tires, they areclassified as low-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure and

(Continued)


252 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

when possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 251.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 264.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.


Vehicle Care 253

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 268.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven at


254 Vehicle Care

speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 285 andIf a Tire Goes Flat 0 271.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 257.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter “T” as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.


Vehicle Care 255

For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, itwould mean that the tire'ssidewall is 60 percent as high asit is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter “R” means radial plyconstruction; the letter “D”means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 257.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.


256 Vehicle Care

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 151.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 151.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended


Vehicle Care 257

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 257 andVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 266.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 268.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 151.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 151.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.


258 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more. Do notforget the compact spare, if thevehicle has one. The coldcompact spare tire pressureshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi).See Compact Spare Tire 0 285.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.


Vehicle Care 259

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressure

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

adjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with 245/40R19 size tiresrequire inflation pressure adjustmentwhen driving the vehicle at speedsof 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold tire inflation pressure to20 kPa (3 psi) above therecommended cold tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 151 andTire Pressure 0 257.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.


260 Vehicle Care

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and then

remain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 260.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure


Vehicle Care 261

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 151.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the original

equipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 151, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 257.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 264, Tire Rotation 0 265 andTires 0 250.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 273 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunction


262 Vehicle Care

light and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommended

could prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 266.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 252 andVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.


Vehicle Care 263

To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in the

following order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side reartire. See your dealer for service orto purchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 155.

3. If equipped, make sure the TirePressure info page option isturned on. The info pages onthe DIC can be turned on andoff through the Options menu.


264 Vehicle Care

See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level) 0 113 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 116.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC display.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that the

sensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.


Vehicle Care 265

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 304.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 266 andWheel Replacement 0 270.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 257 andVehicle Load Limits 0 151.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 260.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 317, and“Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire” underTire Changing 0 280.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after time.The wheel could come off andcause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to removeall rust or dirt.


266 Vehicle Care

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rustbuildup. Do not get grease onthe wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 264 andTire Rotation 0 265.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,


Vehicle Care 267

GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 252.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adversely

affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 265. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,tread patterns, or types on thesame axle may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resultingin a crash or other vehicledamage. Use the same size,load range, and type of tiresas the original tires.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.

(Continued)


268 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 259.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 151.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

developed for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 266 andAccessories and Modifications0 213.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,


Vehicle Care 269

compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions on

specified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of


270 Vehicle Care

performance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or the

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.


Vehicle Care 271

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 245/45R18 or245/40R19 size tires, do not usetire chains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension,or other vehicle parts. The areadamaged by the tire chains could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cause loss of control and a crash.Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Iftraction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with atire size other than 245/45R18 or245/40R19, use tire chains onlywhere legal and only whennecessary. Use low profile chainsthat add no more than 12 mmthickness to the tire tread and

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

inner sidewall. Use chains thatare the proper size for the tires.Install them on the tires of thefront axle. Do not use chains onthe tires of the rear axle. Tightenthem as tightly as possible withthe ends securely fastened. Driveslowly and follow the chainmanufacturer's instructions. If thechains contact the vehicle, stopand retighten them. If the contactcontinues, slow down until itstops. Driving too fast or spinningthe wheels with chains on willdamage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 250. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:


272 Vehicle Care

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 128.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 273

Warning (Continued)

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 280. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 273.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 163.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.


274 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tire

sealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 323.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.


Vehicle Care 275

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 128.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 271 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 279.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.


276 Vehicle Care

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 91.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 257.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 323.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.


Vehicle Care 277

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 323.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.


278 Vehicle Care

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 128.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 271 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 279.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 91.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.


Vehicle Care 279

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 257.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 323.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:


2. Lift the cover.


280 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the wing nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Jack2. Wrench3. Tow Hook (If Equipped)4. Extension Bolt5. Insulator Pad

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and removethe spare tire. Place the sparetire next to the tire beingchanged.

4. The jack and tools are storedbelow the spare tire. Removethem from their container andplace them near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Take off the wheel cover or centercap, if the vehicle has one, to reachthe wheel bolts.


Vehicle Care 281

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 271.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

Do not try to remove plasticcaps from the cover orcenter cap.

3. Pull the cover or center capaway from the wheel. Store thewheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

7. Attach the wrench to the jackby fitting the hex end of thewrench over the hex head ofthe jack.


282 Vehicle Care

8. Place the jack under thevehicle.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

9. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire. The location is indicated

by a notch in the verticalbottom edge of the body sidesheet metal.

The notches in the jack mustalign with the notch in therocker pinch weld. The jack lifthead lifts on the inward side ofthe pinch weld flange.

The jack must not be used inany other position.

10. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.

11. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

12. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after time.The wheel could come off andcause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to the

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 283

Warning (Continued)

vehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to removeall rust or dirt.

13. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

14. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

15. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

16. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 317 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 317 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


284 Vehicle Care

17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

18. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug, then tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools with a Screw in Fastener

1. Remove the extension boltfrom the foam holder.

2. Screw the extension bolt ontothe end of the spare tire stowbolt by hand.

3. Replace the foam, jack, andtools in their original storagelocation.

4. Remove the insulator pad andplace it over the foam holder toprotect the wheel of the flat tirefrom the jack.

5. Place the tire facing down overthe extension bolt.

6. Turn the retainer nut clockwiseto secure the tire.


Vehicle Care 285

7. Place the floor cover on thewheel.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on the

vehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


286 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle 12-volt battery, see Battery -North America 0 232.

If the battery has run down, youmay want to use another vehicleand some jumper cables to startyour vehicle. Be sure to use thefollowing steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 213 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1.5L L4 Engine Shown, 2.0L L4Engine Similar

1. Discharged Battery RemotePositive Terminal


Vehicle Care 287

2. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative Terminal

3. Good Battery RemoteNegative Terminal

4. Good Battery RemotePositive Terminal

The vehicle has a remotepositive (+) terminal under a trimcover. It is under the cover of theengine compartment fuse block onthe driver side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 216. Youshould always use this remotepositive (+) terminal.

The jump start negative groundterminal for the discharged batteryis on the shock tower on the driverside of the engine compartment.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly onboth vehicles. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in Neutralbefore setting the parkingbrake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off and switchoff all lights and accessories inboth vehicles, except thehazard warning flashers ifneeded.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+) orremote positive (+) terminal ofthe discharged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thepositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the

good battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (–) ground terminal forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the vehicle with the goodbattery and run the engine atidle speed for at leastfour minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

vehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.


Vehicle Care 289

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire. Use tire skates ordollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Donot use a sling type lift to tow thevehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

Caution

If the vehicle cannot be shiftedinto Neutral (N), do not use thetow eye to tow the vehicle.Vehicle damage may occur.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

Front Attachment Points

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused by the towing provider. Theseholes may be used to pull thevehicle from a flat road surface ontothe flatbed tow truck.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle – such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region.

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.


290 Vehicle Care. How far will the vehicle be

towed? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Does the vehicle have theproper towing equipment? Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing (2.0LEngine Only)

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle to betowed and secure it to thetowing vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle.

3. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

4. Turn the vehicle off. Leave thetransmission in N (Neutral).

5. Disconnect the negative (–)battery cable at the battery.See “Negative Battery CableDisconnection” under Battery -North America 0 232.

Vehicles being dinghy towed shouldbe run at the beginning of each dayand at each fuel stop for aboutfive minutes. This will ensure properlubrication of transmissioncomponents.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs would

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 291

Caution (Continued)

not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Caution

Do not tow a vehicle with the frontdrive wheels on the ground if oneof the front tires is a compactspare tire. Towing with twodifferent tire sizes on the front ofthe vehicle can cause severedamage to the transmission.

Dinghy Towing (All Except 2.0LEngine)

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the driveunit could be damaged. Repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow thevehicle with all four wheels on theground.

This vehicle is not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground.

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

To tow the vehicle with two wheelson the ground and a dolly:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.


292 Vehicle Care

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 313.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 293

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


294 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 295

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 313.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such as

(Continued)


296 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

dust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses silicon carbidetire/wheel cleaning brushes.Damage could occur and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotors

for surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, decklid hinges, steelfuel door hinge, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 297

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.


298 Vehicle Care

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.


Vehicle Care 299

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


300 Vehicle Care

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

If equipped, pull up on the rear ofthe floor mat to unlock each retainerand remove.


Vehicle Care 301

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snapping into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


302 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 302

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 304

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 315

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 303

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 151.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel (1.5LEngine) 0 198 orRecommended Fuel (2.0LEngine) 0 199.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 214.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 219.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 257.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 264.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 229.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km (600 mi). If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system must

be reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 221.

Engine Air Filter Change

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the next engine oil change. Whenthe REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTERSOON message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the earliest convenience. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. SeeEngine Air Filter Life System 0 223.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevity

and efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km(7,500 mi)

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 265.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 219 andEngine Oil Life System 0 221.

. If equipped with the engine airfilter life system, check the airfilter life percentage.If necessary, replace the engineair filter and reset the engine airfilter life system. See Engine AirFilter Life System 0 223. If thevehicle is not equipped with theengine air filter life system,inspect the engine air cleanerfilter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.


Service and Maintenance 305. Check engine coolant level. See

Cooling System 0 225.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 229.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 257.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 264.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 292.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 292.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,

constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 52.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 292.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 234.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 234.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 235.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 236.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 273.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 30.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system and PowerElectronics cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (8) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 225.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 231.

(7) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 235.

(8) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 236.

(9) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. (Except1.5L engine.) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.(1.5L engine only.) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system and PowerElectronics cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (8) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 225.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 231.

(7) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 235.

(8) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 236.

(9) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 292.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 313 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 297 andExterior Care 0 292.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


312 Service and Maintenance. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission (2.0L Engine) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission (1.5L Engine) Continuously Variable Ratio Transmission (CVT) Fluid. (GM Part No.19355873, in Canada 19355874).

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 219.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 CategoryLB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

1.5L L4 Engine 23430312 A3208C

2.0L L4 Engine 23430313 A3210C

Engine Oil Filter

1.5L L4 Engine 12696048 PF64

2.0L L4 Engine 12696048 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

1.5L L4 Engine 12683541 41-156

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 650 mm (25.6 in) 23353586 —

Passenger Side – 450 mm (17.7 in) 23353587 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


316 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Service Parts Identification . . . 316

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 318

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 317 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentificationThere may be a large barcode onthe certification label on the centerpillar that you can scan for thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options

If there is not a large barcode onthis label, then you will find thissame information on a label insideof the trunk.


Technical Data 317

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System*

1.5L L4 Engine (LFV) 6.5 L 6.9 qt

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) 6.8 L 7.2 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.5L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.2 qt

2.0L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt

Fuel Tank

1.5L L4 Engine 59.8 L 15.8 gal

2.0L L4 Engine 59.8 L 15.8 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.


318 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.5L L4 Engine T Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damagethe spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.5L L4 Engine

2.0L L4 Engine


Customer Information 319

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 322Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 322GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 327Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 332OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 334

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.


320 Customer Information

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby BBB National Programs, Inc. tosettle automotive disputes regardingvehicle repairs or the interpretationof the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Although you may berequired to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.



You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramBBB National Programs, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada

Company wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).



Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows access to videos,articles, and vehicle health specificto your Chevrolet as well as yourOnStar Account information all inone place.



Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 316.

H : Compare and shop forChevrolet and OnStar plans andservices. View GM Card andSiriusXM information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) ormy.chevrolet.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:


324 Customer Information. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to make

any changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot be

driven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.



Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.



Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate manualentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel, rentalvehicle insurance, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.



General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed

appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent

collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use of



aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its position

puts you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 323.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 58.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this with



the repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and with



Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.



Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811 or01-800-508-0000.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. Forexample, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and controlengine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle or to help GMimprove safety or features. Somemodules may also store data abouthow the vehicle is operated, such asrate of fuel consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retainpersonal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



CybersecurityGM collects information about theuse of your vehicle includingoperational and safety relatedinformation. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate,improve, and troubleshoot ourproducts and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronicaccess or control is important toGM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices,guidelines and controls aimed atdefending the vehicle and thevehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access,detecting possible malicious activityin related networks, and respondingto suspected cybersecurity incidentsin a timely, coordinated and effectivemanner. Security incidents couldimpact your safety or compromiseyour private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connectyour vehicle electronic systems tounauthorized devices or connect

your vehicle to any unknown oruntrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event yoususpect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safeoperation of your vehicle, pleasestop operating your vehicle andcontact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.



NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includesinformation about the vehicle’soperation; collisions involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features, including infotainment;and the location and approximateGPS speed of the vehicle. Refer tothe OnStar Terms and Conditionsand Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 337.



Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 335

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


336 OnStar

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 337

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Assistanceare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


338 OnStar

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


OnStar 339

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 210. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


340 OnStar

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations orpre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


OnStar 341

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


342 OnStar

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Connected Services 343

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



344 Connected Services

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters andnumbers to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


Connected Services 345

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


346 Index

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 162Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 174Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 210Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .36Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 223Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .134, 137Air Filter

Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Passenger Sensing System . . . .59What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Airbag System (cont'd)What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .55

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Passenger Status Indicator . . . 103Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 193

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 166

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45


Index 347

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 183

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 190Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Battery - North America . . . .232, 286Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 235

BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 106

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Automatic

Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 190Braking System

Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 191Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 155Bulb Replacement

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 240Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, andBack-up Lamps . . . . . . . . 239, 240

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91California

Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .213, 232, 286,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 86Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Charging

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 104Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


348 Index

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .67Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 82Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 134Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . 96, 97Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 327Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 273Connected Services

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 344

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . 101Engine Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 137Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 174Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Customer Information

Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 327Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 334OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 332Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 345Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Door

Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 318Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 182Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 116


Index 349

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 188Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 144Characteristics and

Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 149If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 151Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 147Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 151Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 168Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 106Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Electrical System (cont'd)Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 216Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 163Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 223Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 332Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 127Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 223Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 128Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 222Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35


350 Index

Front Seats (cont'd)Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .41

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Economy, Driving for Better . . . 144Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .111Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 162Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Recommended . . . . . . . . . . 198, 199Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Gauges

Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Gauges (cont'd)Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 302Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 128Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Headlamps (cont'd)Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, Sidemarker, andParking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .112High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 127Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .112

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 137High Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 112High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 259Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 149Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 169Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 137


Index 351

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Indicator

Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 329

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 97Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 28Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 8Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 252

LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 127Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 194Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 196Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 108Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Lighting (cont'd)LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 106Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 106Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning . . . . . . . .110Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .110Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 127Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 102Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110


352 Index

Lights (cont'd)Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 111Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 304

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 104Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 28Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 343Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 155

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Oil

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 66Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 322OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Outlets

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Overview

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

PPark

Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183


Index 353

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 235Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 162

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 183

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 59Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 108Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 213Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 160Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 51

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 331

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 326

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 232, 286,

Back CoverPublication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 329Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 183Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Recommended

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 199Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 289Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 65Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 331General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323


354 Index

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 318Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 331General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 325Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .53Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .51

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Seats (cont'd)Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .41Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .36Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .36Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 80, 82Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Climate Control System . . . . . . . 134Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 214Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 315Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 325

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 193Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Special Application Services . . . . 309Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 16Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 234Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158


Index 355

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . 239, 240

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 85Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . 223Forward Collision

Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 334

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

TaillampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . 239, 240

Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 322Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 25

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 259Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Pressure Monitor Operation . . 260Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 259Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Terminology and Definitions . . 255

Tires (cont'd)Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 270When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Towing

Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 203Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208General Information . . . . . . . . . . 202Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 289Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 109Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222


356 Index

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 239, 240

UUmbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 268Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Identification Number (VIN) . . . 316Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 108

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 279Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 241

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 270Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 71Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 235Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 241

84313268 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84313268B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:34:50 PM20_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84313268B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:34:50 PM

2020 Chevrolet Malibu Owners Manual - Dealer E Process

Documents

Transcript of 2020 Chevrolet Malibu Owners Manual - Dealer E Process